1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
1003 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1005 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1007 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1008 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1014 /* xgettext:c-format */
1015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1020 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1317 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1320 static reloc_howto_type
*
1321 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1326 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1327 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1328 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1329 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1334 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1337 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1342 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1343 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1346 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1347 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1349 /* xgettext:c-format */
1350 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1355 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1356 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1358 /* xgettext:c-format */
1359 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1368 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1370 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1372 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1373 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1375 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1377 bfd_size_type octets
;
1380 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1381 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1383 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1384 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1385 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1387 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1388 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1390 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1391 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1392 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1393 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1394 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1395 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1397 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1398 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1399 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1402 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1403 value
= symbol
->value
;
1404 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1405 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1406 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1407 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1408 + input_section
->output_offset
1409 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1410 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1412 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1413 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1415 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1417 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1418 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1422 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1423 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1424 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1425 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1427 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1428 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1431 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1432 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1434 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1435 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1437 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1438 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1439 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1440 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1444 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1446 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1447 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1448 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1452 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1454 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1456 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1458 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1464 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1466 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1469 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1470 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1471 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1472 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1475 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1476 bfd_size_type octets
;
1477 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1478 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1480 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1481 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1483 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1484 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1487 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1488 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1489 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1490 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1491 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1493 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1497 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1498 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1499 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1500 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1502 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1512 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1513 target
= symbol
->value
;
1514 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1515 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1516 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1518 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1519 + input_section
->output_offset
1520 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1522 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1523 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1528 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1529 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1532 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1533 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1534 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1535 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1537 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1538 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1540 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1541 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1544 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1545 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1546 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1549 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1550 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1554 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1555 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1557 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1558 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1559 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1561 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1562 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1564 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1565 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1566 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1569 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1570 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1571 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1572 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1576 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1577 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1579 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1580 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1581 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1583 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1585 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1587 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1613 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1614 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1615 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1618 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1619 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1620 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1621 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1624 bfd_size_type octets
;
1626 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1627 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1629 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1630 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1631 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1633 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1635 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1637 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1638 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1639 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1642 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1643 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1644 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1645 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1650 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1651 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1652 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1654 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1656 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1658 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1659 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1660 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1661 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1662 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1663 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1665 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1667 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1668 + input_section
->output_offset
1669 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1672 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1673 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1674 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1675 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1676 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1677 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1678 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1679 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1680 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1689 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1690 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1692 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1693 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1694 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1696 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1698 static char buf
[60];
1699 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1700 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1701 *error_message
= buf
;
1703 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1706 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1707 than one got entry per symbol. */
1710 struct got_entry
*next
;
1712 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1715 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1716 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1717 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1718 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1719 we merge entries within the group.
1721 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1724 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1725 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1726 unsigned char tls_type
;
1728 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1729 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1731 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1734 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1736 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1740 /* The same for PLT. */
1743 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1749 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1754 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1756 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1758 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1762 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1763 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1764 asection
*deleted_section
;
1766 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1767 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1768 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1772 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1775 /* Section contents. */
1779 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1780 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1781 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1783 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1784 instruction not one we handle. */
1785 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1787 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1789 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1792 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1795 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1796 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1798 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1799 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1802 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1805 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1807 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1811 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1812 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1815 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1817 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1820 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1824 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1826 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1827 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1831 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1834 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1837 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1839 size_t offset
, size
;
1841 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1845 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1854 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1855 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1856 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1860 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1862 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1866 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1868 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1870 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1876 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1886 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1889 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1890 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1891 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1892 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1894 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1895 -Wstringop-truncation:
1896 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1898 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1900 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1901 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1906 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1917 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1918 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1919 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1920 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1921 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1922 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1923 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1924 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1925 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1927 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1928 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1935 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1941 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1942 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1943 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1946 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1952 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1954 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1958 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1959 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1960 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1961 struct _opd_sec_data
1963 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1964 asection
**func_sec
;
1966 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1970 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1971 struct _toc_sec_data
1973 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1976 /* And the relocation addend. */
1981 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1983 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1984 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1985 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1987 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1988 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1990 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1992 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1995 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1996 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1999 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2001 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2003 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2004 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2006 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2009 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2012 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2016 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2018 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2020 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2021 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2022 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2027 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2028 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2031 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2032 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2033 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2037 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2038 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2039 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2041 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2044 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2046 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2047 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2049 /* Section symbols first. */
2050 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2052 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2055 /* then .opd symbols. */
2056 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2058 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2059 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2061 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2062 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2066 /* then other code symbols. */
2067 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2068 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2069 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2070 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2073 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2074 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2075 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2076 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2079 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2081 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2084 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2088 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2091 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2094 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2095 syms over other syms. */
2096 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2099 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2102 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2105 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2108 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2111 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2114 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2117 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2120 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2121 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2122 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2123 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2124 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2125 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2133 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2136 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2141 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2145 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2146 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2158 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2159 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2161 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2163 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2165 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2175 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2177 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2178 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2179 && section
->vma
<= vma
2180 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2183 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2184 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2185 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2188 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2189 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2190 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2196 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2197 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2198 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2200 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2206 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2207 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2219 symcount
= static_count
;
2221 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2225 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2229 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2231 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2232 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2233 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2234 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2236 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2237 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2239 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2241 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2242 function, and notype symbols. */
2243 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2244 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2245 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2246 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2249 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2250 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2251 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2253 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2255 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2256 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2257 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2258 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2259 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2260 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2261 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2263 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2264 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2266 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2267 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2268 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2269 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2270 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2276 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2277 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2278 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2279 to this function is the real binary. */
2280 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2284 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2285 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2286 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2287 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2288 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2292 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2293 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2297 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2298 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2302 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2303 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2304 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2305 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2313 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2318 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2321 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2322 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2326 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2333 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2337 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2338 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2341 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2344 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2347 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2350 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2351 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2352 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2355 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2356 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2362 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2369 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2371 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2375 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2376 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2379 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2382 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2385 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2388 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2389 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2390 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2395 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2396 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2397 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2400 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2401 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2403 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2404 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2405 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2413 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2415 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2416 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2417 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2420 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2422 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2424 free_contents_and_exit
:
2430 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2434 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2435 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2438 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2439 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2442 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2443 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2447 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2449 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2451 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2453 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2455 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2456 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2458 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2459 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2462 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2463 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2465 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2466 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2468 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2471 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2473 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2474 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2475 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2476 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2477 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2478 glink stubs now reside. */
2479 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2490 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2491 from the first glink stub. */
2493 unsigned int off
= 0;
2495 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2496 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2498 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2500 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2503 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2512 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2514 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2518 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2519 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2521 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2522 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2524 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2525 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2527 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2529 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2536 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2538 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2540 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2542 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2546 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2549 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2550 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2554 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2561 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2562 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2564 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2568 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2573 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2574 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2576 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2580 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2582 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2584 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2587 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2588 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2591 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2592 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2594 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2595 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2596 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2602 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2606 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2607 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2609 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2611 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2613 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2614 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2615 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2620 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2621 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2622 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2623 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2624 a) finding the stubs, and,
2625 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2626 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2628 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2629 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2630 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2631 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2632 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2633 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2634 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2635 for pending shared library loads. */
2636 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2637 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2641 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2642 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2643 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2644 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2645 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2646 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2648 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2651 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2652 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2656 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2657 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2658 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2659 names
+= strlen (names
);
2661 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2662 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2682 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2683 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2684 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2685 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2686 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2687 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2690 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2691 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2692 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2699 The function definition in another object file might be:
2703 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2709 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2710 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2711 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2712 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2713 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2721 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2722 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2723 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2731 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2733 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2734 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2737 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2738 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2739 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2740 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2741 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2742 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2743 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2744 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2745 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2746 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2747 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2748 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2750 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2751 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2752 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2754 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2755 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2756 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2759 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2760 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2765 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2766 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2767 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2768 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2775 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2776 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2782 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2783 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2784 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2787 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2788 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2789 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2790 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2791 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2796 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2797 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2798 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2802 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2803 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2804 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2805 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2806 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2807 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2808 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2809 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2810 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2811 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2812 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2813 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2814 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2815 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2816 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2817 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2819 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2821 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2824 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2825 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2826 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2829 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2830 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2831 reach its destination.
2832 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2833 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2838 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2839 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2840 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2841 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2842 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2843 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2845 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2846 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2849 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2850 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2851 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2853 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2854 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2857 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2859 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2860 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2861 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2862 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2866 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2867 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2868 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2869 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2870 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2871 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2872 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2873 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2874 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2875 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2876 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2882 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2883 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2886 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2892 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2893 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2895 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2896 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2897 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2901 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2907 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2908 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2910 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2911 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2912 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2916 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2917 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2918 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2920 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2921 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2922 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2924 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2925 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2928 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2929 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2930 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2932 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2933 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2937 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2938 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2939 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2941 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2945 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2946 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2947 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2948 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2949 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2950 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2951 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2952 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2953 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2954 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2955 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2956 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2957 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2958 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2959 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2960 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2961 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2962 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2963 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2969 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2970 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2971 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2972 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2973 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2974 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2975 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2976 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2978 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2979 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2980 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2981 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2985 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2988 /* The stub section. */
2990 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2993 struct map_stub
*next
;
2994 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2997 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2998 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2999 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3000 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3001 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3002 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3003 unsigned int eh_size
;
3004 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3005 unsigned int eh_base
;
3008 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3010 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3011 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3013 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3015 /* Group information. */
3016 struct map_stub
*group
;
3018 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3019 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3021 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3022 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3023 bfd_vma target_value
;
3024 asection
*target_section
;
3026 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3027 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3028 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3031 unsigned char symtype
;
3033 /* Symbol st_other. */
3034 unsigned char other
;
3037 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3039 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3040 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3042 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3043 unsigned int offset
;
3045 /* Generation marker. */
3049 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3050 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3052 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3054 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3057 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3058 unsigned int count
: 31;
3060 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3061 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3066 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3070 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3072 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3074 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3075 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3078 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3079 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3081 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3082 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3083 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3084 unsigned int fake
:1;
3086 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3087 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3088 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3089 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3091 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3092 with non-standard calling convention. */
3093 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3095 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3096 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3097 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3099 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3100 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3101 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3102 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3103 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3104 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3105 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3106 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3107 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3108 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3109 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3110 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3111 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3112 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3113 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3114 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3115 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3117 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3118 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3119 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3120 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3121 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3124 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3127 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3130 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3132 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3134 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3136 /* The stub hash table. */
3137 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3139 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3140 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3142 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3143 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3145 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3146 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3148 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3149 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3151 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3152 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3153 non-ppc64 sections. */
3156 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3161 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3162 struct map_stub
*group
;
3163 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3168 /* Linked list of groups. */
3169 struct map_stub
*group
;
3171 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3174 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3176 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3177 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3179 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3181 asection
*global_entry
;
3184 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3187 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3189 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3191 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3192 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3194 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3196 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3197 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3200 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3202 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3203 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3205 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3206 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3208 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3209 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3210 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3211 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3212 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3214 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3215 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3217 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3218 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3221 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3223 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3224 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3226 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3227 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3228 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3229 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3231 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3232 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3234 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3235 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3237 /* Whether to use power10 instructions in linkage stubs. */
3238 unsigned int power10_stubs
:1;
3240 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3241 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3243 /* Small local sym cache. */
3244 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3247 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3250 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3251 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3253 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3255 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3257 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3258 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3260 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3262 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3264 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3265 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3266 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3268 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3270 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3271 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3272 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3274 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3275 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3276 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3278 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3279 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3280 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3282 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3284 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3285 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3286 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3289 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3293 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3298 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3299 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3302 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3304 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3305 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3306 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3308 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3309 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3310 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3319 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3321 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3322 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3323 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3326 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3330 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3335 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3336 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3339 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3341 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3342 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3350 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3352 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3353 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3354 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3357 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3361 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3366 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3367 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3370 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3372 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3373 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3374 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3376 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3377 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3378 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3379 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3381 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3382 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3384 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3386 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3387 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3388 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3390 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3392 if (string
[0] == '.')
3394 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3396 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3397 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3398 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3405 struct tocsave_entry
3412 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3414 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3415 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3419 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3421 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3422 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3423 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3426 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3429 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3433 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3434 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3435 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3436 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3437 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3438 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3441 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3443 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3444 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3446 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3447 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3449 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3453 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3454 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3461 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3462 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3463 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3465 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3469 /* And the branch hash table. */
3470 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3471 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3473 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3474 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3478 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3482 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3484 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3487 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3489 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3490 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3491 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3492 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3493 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3494 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3495 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3496 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3497 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3498 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3499 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3500 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3502 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3505 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3508 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3510 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3513 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3515 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3516 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3517 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3519 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3520 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3522 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3523 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3527 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3530 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3531 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3533 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3534 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3537 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3538 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3539 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3541 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3542 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3545 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3547 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3548 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3549 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3552 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3553 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3557 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3558 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3559 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3560 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3563 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3564 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3566 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3567 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3571 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3573 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3576 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3577 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3580 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3582 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3584 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3588 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3591 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3592 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3594 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3595 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3596 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3600 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3601 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3602 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3608 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3611 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3612 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3614 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3616 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3618 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3619 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3620 the start of the output TOC section. */
3621 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3622 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3623 htab
->params
= params
;
3625 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3628 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3631 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3632 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3633 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3634 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3639 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3640 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3641 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3642 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3646 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3647 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3648 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3651 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3652 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3653 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3654 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3658 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3659 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3660 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3663 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3664 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3665 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3666 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3667 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3669 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3670 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3674 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3675 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3677 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3678 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3679 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3680 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3681 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3682 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3684 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3685 struct map_stub
*group
;
3687 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3688 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3689 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3690 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3691 distinguish between them. */
3692 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3696 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3697 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3698 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3700 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3706 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3707 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3710 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3711 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3713 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3721 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3722 stub entry are initialised. */
3724 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3725 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3727 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3729 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3730 struct map_stub
*group
;
3733 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3735 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3736 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3737 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3738 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3744 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3745 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3746 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3750 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3751 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3752 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3753 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3755 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3758 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3759 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3761 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3763 /* xgettext:c-format */
3764 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3765 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3769 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3770 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3774 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3775 not already done. */
3778 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3782 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3784 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3790 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3793 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3794 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3796 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3798 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3801 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3802 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3804 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3807 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3808 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3812 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3814 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3815 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3817 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3818 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3823 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3824 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3826 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3829 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3830 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3832 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3835 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3838 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3839 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3841 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3843 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3845 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3846 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3848 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3850 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3852 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3853 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3855 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3862 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3865 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3866 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3870 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3873 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3877 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3879 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3880 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3882 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3883 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3884 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3885 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3886 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3888 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3889 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3890 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3891 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3892 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3893 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3894 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3896 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3897 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3898 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3899 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3900 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3902 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3905 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3906 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3908 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3910 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3911 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3913 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3914 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3915 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3917 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3919 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3920 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3922 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3923 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3930 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3933 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3934 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3937 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3938 symbol which just became indirect. */
3939 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3941 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3943 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3944 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3946 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3948 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3950 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3951 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3952 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3953 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3955 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3962 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3965 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3966 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3969 /* And plt entries. */
3970 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3972 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3974 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3975 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3976 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3977 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3978 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3979 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3980 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3984 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3985 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3987 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3988 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3990 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3994 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
3996 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
3997 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4001 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4007 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4008 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4013 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4015 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4016 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4017 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4019 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4020 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4021 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4022 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4026 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4027 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4028 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4029 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4032 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4033 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4035 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4042 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4046 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4048 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4050 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4055 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4059 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4060 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4061 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4063 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4064 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4065 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4066 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4067 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4068 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4069 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4071 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4072 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4075 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4076 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4077 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4079 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4081 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4084 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4086 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4087 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4088 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4090 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4091 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4092 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4100 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4103 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4104 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4105 bfd_boolean definition
,
4106 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4108 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4109 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4110 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4113 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4114 we now have a real symbol. */
4117 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4118 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4119 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4120 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4121 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4122 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4123 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4126 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4131 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4132 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4133 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4134 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4136 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4137 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4145 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4147 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4148 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4149 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4155 len
= strlen (name
);
4156 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4157 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4158 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4160 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4161 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4162 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4166 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4167 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4171 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4172 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4173 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4174 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4175 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4176 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4177 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4178 function entry symbol is used. */
4181 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4183 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4184 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4186 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4187 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4189 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4192 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4195 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4199 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4201 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4202 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4203 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4204 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4206 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4207 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4209 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4216 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4217 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4219 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4220 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4221 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4222 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4223 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4224 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4226 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4227 descriptor symbol. */
4228 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4229 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4230 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4231 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4233 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4234 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4235 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4236 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4237 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4238 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4239 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4240 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4242 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4250 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4251 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4254 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4256 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4257 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4258 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4260 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4262 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4263 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4265 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4266 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4267 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4269 /* xgettext:c-format */
4270 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4271 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4277 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4279 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4280 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4281 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4282 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4283 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4284 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4285 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4286 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4287 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4288 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4291 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4295 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4296 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4297 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4298 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4299 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4300 && info
->gc_sections
)
4302 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4303 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4304 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4305 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4306 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4307 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4308 information about the associated function section. */
4310 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4311 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4314 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4315 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4316 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4318 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4319 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4323 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4324 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4325 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4327 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4328 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4330 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4331 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4332 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4334 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4337 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4340 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4345 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4346 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4347 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4350 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4354 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4355 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4358 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4360 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4361 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4362 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4363 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4365 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4366 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4369 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4374 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4375 not to be needed. */
4378 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4379 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4380 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4382 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4384 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4389 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4391 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4394 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4395 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4398 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4400 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4401 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4402 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4404 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4405 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4406 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4408 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4411 static struct plt_entry
**
4412 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4413 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4415 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4416 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4417 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4419 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4421 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4423 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4424 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4425 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4426 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4427 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4429 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4432 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4434 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4436 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4437 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4438 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4439 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4443 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4444 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4447 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4448 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4450 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4451 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4452 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4453 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4455 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4458 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4459 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4460 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4462 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4466 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4468 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4470 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4471 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4475 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4476 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4480 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4481 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4484 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4489 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4491 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4493 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4494 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4495 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4496 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4497 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4498 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4499 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4504 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4507 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4509 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4510 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4511 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4512 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4513 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4519 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4520 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4521 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4524 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4525 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4527 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4530 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4531 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4536 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4539 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4540 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4541 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4542 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4543 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4544 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4545 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
4548 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4550 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4554 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4555 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4556 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4557 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4558 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4559 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4561 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4562 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4563 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4565 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4567 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4569 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4570 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4572 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4573 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4577 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4578 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4580 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4581 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4584 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4588 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4589 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4590 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4592 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4593 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4594 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4595 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4596 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4597 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4598 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4599 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4600 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4601 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4602 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4603 htab
->power10_stubs
= 1;
4611 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4612 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4613 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4614 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4615 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4616 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4617 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4618 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4619 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4620 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4621 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4622 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4623 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4624 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4625 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4626 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4627 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4629 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4630 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4639 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4642 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4647 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4652 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4654 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4656 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4667 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4668 its parameter symbol. */
4670 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4672 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4674 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4676 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4681 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4682 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4683 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4684 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4687 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4688 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4689 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4690 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4691 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4692 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4695 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4696 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4697 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4698 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4699 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4700 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4701 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4702 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4705 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4706 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4707 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4708 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4709 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4710 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4712 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4716 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4717 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4718 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4723 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4724 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4725 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4726 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4727 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4728 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4729 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4730 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4732 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4733 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4736 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4737 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4742 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4743 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4745 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4746 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4747 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4748 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4749 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4753 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4754 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4757 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4758 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4760 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4761 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4762 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4763 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4765 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4766 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4769 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4770 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4771 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4775 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4776 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4777 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4778 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4779 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4780 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4783 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4788 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4789 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4790 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4791 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4792 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4794 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4795 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4797 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4798 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4802 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4803 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4804 section relative. */
4805 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4806 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4807 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4808 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4809 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4810 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4811 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4812 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4813 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4814 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4815 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4816 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4817 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4818 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4819 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4820 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4821 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4822 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4827 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4828 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4829 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4830 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4831 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4832 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4833 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4834 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4835 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4836 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4837 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4838 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4839 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4840 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4843 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4844 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4845 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4847 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4849 /* xgettext:c-format */
4850 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4851 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4852 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4853 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4854 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4860 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4861 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4862 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4864 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4865 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4867 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4868 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4869 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4871 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4873 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4874 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4875 these relocations is emitted. */
4885 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4886 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4887 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4888 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4892 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4893 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4894 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4895 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4900 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4901 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4903 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4905 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4906 we are going to need a stub. */
4909 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4910 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4911 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4912 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4918 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4923 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4927 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4931 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4932 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4933 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4937 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4943 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4944 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4945 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4947 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4949 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4951 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4952 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4953 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4957 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4958 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4960 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4963 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4964 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4966 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4970 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4971 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4972 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4973 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4976 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4977 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4978 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4979 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4982 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4983 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4984 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4985 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4986 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4988 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4991 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4992 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4994 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
4995 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
4996 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
4997 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5001 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5003 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5005 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5006 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5009 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5010 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5014 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5015 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5016 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5017 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5019 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5020 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5021 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5023 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5024 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5026 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5027 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5028 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5030 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5031 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5032 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5033 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5034 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5035 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5038 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5039 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5040 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5041 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5042 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5043 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5044 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5045 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5046 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5047 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5048 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5049 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5050 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5051 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5052 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5055 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5057 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5058 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5061 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5065 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5066 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5067 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5068 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5069 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5070 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5071 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5074 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5075 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5076 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5078 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5079 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5080 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5081 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5082 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5083 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5084 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5086 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5087 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5089 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5090 function in a shared lib. */
5091 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5093 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5100 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5101 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5102 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5103 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5105 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5106 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5109 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5110 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5113 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5114 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5115 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5116 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5117 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5118 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5119 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5120 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5121 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5122 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5123 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5124 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5125 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5126 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5127 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5130 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5131 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5132 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5136 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5137 || !h
->def_regular
))
5139 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5140 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5141 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5142 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5143 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5146 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5147 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5151 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5152 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5158 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5159 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5162 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5163 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5165 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5167 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5169 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5179 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5184 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5185 We really need local syms available to do this
5187 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5188 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5189 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5192 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5194 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5199 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5203 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5204 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5205 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5207 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5209 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5211 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5217 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5233 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5234 object file when linking. */
5237 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5239 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5240 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5242 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5245 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5248 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5251 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5252 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5254 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5257 /* xgettext:c-format */
5258 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5262 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5265 /* xgettext:c-format */
5266 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5267 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5272 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5275 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5276 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5280 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5282 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5283 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5285 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5289 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5290 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5292 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5293 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5294 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5301 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5302 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5303 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5306 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5308 asection
**code_sec
,
5310 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5312 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5313 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5314 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5317 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5318 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5319 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5321 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5323 if (contents
== NULL
)
5325 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5326 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5327 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5330 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5331 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5332 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5334 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5335 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5337 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5343 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5349 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5351 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5352 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5357 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5358 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5364 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5366 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5368 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5369 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5371 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5373 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5375 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5379 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5380 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5382 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5388 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5389 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5391 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5392 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5394 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5395 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5397 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5398 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5400 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5401 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5404 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5405 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5406 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5408 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5410 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5411 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5420 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5422 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5425 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5426 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5431 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5437 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5443 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5446 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5447 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5450 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5451 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5453 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5455 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5460 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5461 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5470 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5471 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5472 otherwise return zero. */
5474 static bfd_size_type
5475 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5480 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5481 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5485 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5486 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5488 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5490 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5491 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5494 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5495 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5497 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5498 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5499 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5500 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5506 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5507 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5509 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5510 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5511 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5512 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5513 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5514 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5515 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5516 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5517 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5518 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5519 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5520 disable caching for such functions. */
5526 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5528 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5535 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5536 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5537 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5540 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5543 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5544 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5545 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5546 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5547 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5548 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5551 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5554 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5556 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5558 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5559 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5562 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5563 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5565 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5566 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5568 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5570 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5571 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5572 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5578 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5579 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5581 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5582 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5585 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5587 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5588 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5589 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5595 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5596 value in the output file. */
5599 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5601 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5602 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5603 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5606 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5609 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5610 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5612 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5613 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5616 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5618 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5621 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5623 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5625 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5627 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5628 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5630 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5633 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5636 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5638 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5639 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5644 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5646 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5649 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5650 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5653 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5654 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5657 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5660 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5661 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5663 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5664 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5665 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5666 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5667 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5669 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5670 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5674 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5675 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5679 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5681 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5682 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5683 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5684 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5686 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5687 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5691 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5692 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5693 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5694 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5695 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5696 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5697 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5698 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5699 || info
->export_dynamic
5702 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5703 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5704 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5705 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5706 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5709 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5711 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5713 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5714 function code sym section to be marked. */
5715 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5718 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5719 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5721 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5722 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5723 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5724 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5725 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5731 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5735 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5736 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5737 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5739 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5743 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5744 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5746 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5751 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5752 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5754 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5757 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5758 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5762 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5764 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5765 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5766 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5767 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5770 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5771 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5772 against garbage collection. */
5774 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5775 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5779 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5780 function code sym section to be marked. */
5781 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5784 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5785 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5787 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5789 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5790 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5791 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5792 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5793 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5795 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5798 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5799 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5803 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5809 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5811 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5812 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5813 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5817 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5824 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5825 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5827 struct sfpr_def_parms
5829 const char name
[12];
5830 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5831 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5832 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5835 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5836 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5840 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5841 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5844 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5846 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5847 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5853 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5856 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5858 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5860 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5861 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5862 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5863 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5864 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5867 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5868 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5870 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5872 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5873 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5876 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5878 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5879 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5880 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5881 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5884 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5885 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5887 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5895 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5897 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5898 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5899 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5900 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5901 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5903 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5905 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5907 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5908 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5909 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5916 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5918 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5920 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5921 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5929 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5931 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5936 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5938 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5939 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5941 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5946 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5948 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5953 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5955 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5957 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5958 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5962 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5963 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5965 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5970 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5972 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5977 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5979 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5980 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5985 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5987 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5992 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5994 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5995 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6000 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6002 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6007 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6009 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6010 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6012 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6017 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6019 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6024 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6026 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6028 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6029 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6033 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6034 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6036 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6041 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6043 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6044 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6049 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6051 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6052 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6057 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6059 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6066 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6068 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6074 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6076 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6078 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6083 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6085 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6086 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6090 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6091 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6093 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6094 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6097 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6103 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6108 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6111 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6114 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6119 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6122 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6125 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6131 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6132 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6135 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6141 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6143 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6146 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6151 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6153 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6156 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6159 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6161 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6163 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6168 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6169 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6170 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6173 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6175 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6176 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6177 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6178 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6179 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6181 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6182 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6188 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6189 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6193 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6197 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6198 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6200 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6201 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6202 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6203 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6204 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6205 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6206 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6207 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6208 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6209 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6210 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6211 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6212 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6214 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6215 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6216 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6217 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6220 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6222 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6224 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6225 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6231 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6233 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6234 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6235 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6237 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6242 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6245 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6246 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6247 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6249 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6252 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6253 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6254 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6255 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6256 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6257 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6258 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6259 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6260 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6262 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6263 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6264 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6268 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6269 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6270 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6271 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6272 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6273 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6274 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6275 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6277 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6278 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6279 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6284 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6286 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6287 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6288 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6289 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6290 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6291 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6292 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6293 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6294 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6295 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6296 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6297 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6300 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6301 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6302 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6303 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6306 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6307 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6309 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6311 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6315 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6316 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6320 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6321 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6322 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6324 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6325 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6328 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6331 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6333 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6334 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6335 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6336 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6337 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6339 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6340 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6341 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6342 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6343 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6345 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6346 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6347 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6350 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6352 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6353 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6359 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6360 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6361 size_dynamic_sections. */
6364 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6366 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6369 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6371 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6373 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6378 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6381 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6383 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6385 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6386 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6391 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6392 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6395 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6397 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6399 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6403 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6404 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6405 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6411 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6412 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6413 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6414 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6418 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6419 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6421 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6424 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6428 /* Deal with function syms. */
6429 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6430 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6433 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6434 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6435 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6436 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6437 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6438 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6439 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6440 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6441 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6442 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6443 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6445 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6446 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6448 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6450 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6451 won't need a .plt entry. */
6452 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6453 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6454 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6457 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6459 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6460 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6461 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6463 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6465 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6467 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6469 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6470 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6471 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6472 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6473 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6474 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6475 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6476 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6478 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6480 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6481 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6482 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6484 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6486 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6487 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6488 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6489 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6492 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6495 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6496 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6498 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6499 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6500 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6501 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6506 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6508 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6509 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6510 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6511 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6514 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6515 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6516 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6517 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6518 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6519 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6523 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6524 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6525 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6526 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6527 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6530 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6531 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6532 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6535 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6536 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6538 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6539 || info
->nocopyreloc
6541 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6542 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6543 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6545 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6547 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6548 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6549 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6550 to an incorrect program. */
6551 || h
->protected_def
)
6554 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6555 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6557 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6558 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6559 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6560 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6561 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6562 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6563 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6566 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6567 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6568 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6569 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6570 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6571 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6572 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6573 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6574 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6577 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6578 is not a function. */
6580 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6581 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6582 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6583 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6584 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6585 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6586 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6587 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6588 same memory location for the variable. */
6589 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6591 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6592 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6596 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6597 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6599 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6601 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6602 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6603 and into the runtime process image. */
6604 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6608 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6609 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6610 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6613 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6614 sym and the descriptor. */
6616 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6618 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6620 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6621 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6623 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6626 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6627 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6629 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6634 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6637 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6638 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6639 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6640 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6641 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6642 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6643 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6644 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6646 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6649 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6653 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6654 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6655 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6656 reason the lookup should fail. */
6659 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6660 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6662 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6663 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6673 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6678 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6679 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6681 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6682 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6683 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6686 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6688 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6693 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6694 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6702 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6704 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6705 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6706 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6707 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6711 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6712 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6716 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6717 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6719 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6721 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6722 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6723 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6724 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6725 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6726 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6728 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6730 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6738 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6739 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6741 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6743 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6744 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6747 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6748 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6750 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6751 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6752 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6753 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6754 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6756 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6762 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6763 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6764 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6767 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6768 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6769 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6770 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6771 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6774 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6777 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6781 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6782 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6785 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6786 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6787 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6789 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6790 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6793 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6796 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6797 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6800 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6801 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6802 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6803 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6804 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6805 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6806 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6807 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6808 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6809 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6811 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6812 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6817 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6819 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6820 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6821 enum insert_option insert
,
6822 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6823 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6826 unsigned long r_indx
;
6827 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6828 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6829 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6831 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6833 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6834 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6836 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6839 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6844 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6846 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6847 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6849 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6850 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6851 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6857 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6866 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6867 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6870 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6872 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6874 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6876 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6879 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6880 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6883 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6884 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6887 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6888 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6889 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6891 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6894 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6895 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6898 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6899 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6901 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6905 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6906 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6909 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6910 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6915 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6916 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6917 have already been determined. */
6920 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6923 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6925 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6927 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6928 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6930 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6931 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6932 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6939 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6940 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6941 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6942 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6943 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6948 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6949 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6950 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6951 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6952 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6953 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6954 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6955 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6956 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6957 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6958 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6959 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6960 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6961 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6962 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6963 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6964 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6968 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6969 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6970 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6971 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6972 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6973 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6974 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6975 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6976 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6977 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6978 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
6979 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
6980 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
6981 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
6982 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
6983 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
6984 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
6985 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
6986 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
6987 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
6990 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
6991 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
6992 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
6993 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
6994 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
6995 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
6996 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7001 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7003 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7004 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7006 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7007 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7012 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7013 || !h
->def_regular
))
7015 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7016 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7017 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7018 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7019 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7021 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7022 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7029 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7030 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7031 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7033 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7034 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7035 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7036 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7037 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7040 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7044 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7056 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7057 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7059 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7061 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7062 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7063 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7066 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7067 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7069 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7072 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7073 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7075 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7086 /* xgettext:c-format */
7087 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7093 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7094 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7095 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7096 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7100 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7103 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7104 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7105 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7107 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7111 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7114 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7117 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7118 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7119 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7121 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7124 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7125 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7128 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7131 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7134 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7135 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7139 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7141 /* Read the relocations. */
7142 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7144 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7147 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7148 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7152 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7153 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7155 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7156 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7158 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7162 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7163 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7165 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7166 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7167 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7169 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7170 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7171 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7172 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7173 optimization for them! */
7176 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7181 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7182 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7185 /* xgettext:c-format */
7186 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7192 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7193 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7197 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7199 const char *sym_name
;
7201 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7203 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7207 /* xgettext:c-format */
7208 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7214 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7215 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7216 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7217 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7218 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7219 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7220 which we test for via the output_section. */
7221 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7222 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7226 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7227 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7228 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7233 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7238 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7245 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7246 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7247 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7249 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7251 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7258 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7260 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7262 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7263 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7264 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7265 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7268 new_contents
= NULL
;
7269 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7270 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7271 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7272 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7275 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7276 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7277 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7278 the third word of .opd entries. */
7279 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7282 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7286 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7288 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7292 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7293 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7296 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7298 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7301 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7302 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7306 wptr
= new_contents
;
7307 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7308 write_rel
= relstart
;
7309 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7311 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7313 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7314 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7315 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7317 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7320 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7321 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7326 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7327 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7328 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7331 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7332 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7335 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7337 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7340 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7344 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7346 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7349 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7350 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7351 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7356 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7357 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7360 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7362 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7364 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7365 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7367 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7369 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7374 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7378 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7381 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7382 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7389 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7394 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7395 this location in the opd section. It is
7396 necessary to update the value here rather
7397 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7398 for local symbols, because various places
7399 in the generic ELF code use the value
7400 stored in u.def.value. */
7401 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7402 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7405 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7406 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7407 we'd need to look through the local syms
7408 for the function descriptor sym which we
7409 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7410 array of adjustments. */
7411 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7412 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7415 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7416 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7417 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7419 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7423 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7425 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7427 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7428 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7429 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7434 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7437 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7438 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7441 free (sec
->contents
);
7442 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7445 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7446 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7447 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7448 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7451 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7454 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7455 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7457 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7460 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7465 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7467 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7468 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7469 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7473 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7475 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7477 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7481 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7482 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7485 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7486 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7490 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7494 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7497 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7498 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7504 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7505 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7508 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7510 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7513 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7515 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7519 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7520 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7521 between the call and its destination. */
7522 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7524 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7530 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7537 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7538 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7540 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7542 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7543 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7546 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7547 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7549 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7551 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7555 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7556 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7557 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7558 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7559 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7560 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7561 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7562 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7563 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7564 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7565 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7566 together except their symbol. */
7568 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7570 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7571 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7573 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7577 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7579 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7580 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7581 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7583 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7585 /* Read the relocations. */
7586 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7588 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7591 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7592 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7594 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7595 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7598 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7599 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7601 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7602 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7603 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7606 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7607 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7610 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7612 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7617 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7621 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7624 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7625 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7626 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7627 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7628 + sec
->output_offset
7629 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7630 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7631 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7632 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7633 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7634 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7635 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7638 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7642 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7643 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7645 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7648 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7655 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7658 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7660 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7661 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7663 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7667 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7670 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7671 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7672 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7673 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7675 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7676 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7677 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7678 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7679 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7680 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7681 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7682 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7683 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7684 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7685 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7686 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7687 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7688 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7689 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7690 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7691 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7692 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7693 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7695 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7696 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7698 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7699 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7700 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7702 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7704 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7705 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7706 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7707 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7709 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7710 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7711 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7713 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7714 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7715 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7716 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7718 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7722 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7723 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7725 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7726 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7727 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7729 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7730 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7732 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7733 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7734 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7735 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7736 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7738 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7739 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7740 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7741 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7743 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7745 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7746 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7747 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7748 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7751 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7753 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7756 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7757 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7759 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7760 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7761 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7767 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7768 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7769 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7770 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7772 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7774 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7775 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7776 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7777 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7780 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7782 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7783 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7784 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7785 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7786 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7791 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7792 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7793 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7795 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7796 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7797 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7798 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7800 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7802 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7804 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7805 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7806 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7808 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7809 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7812 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7814 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7815 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7817 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7818 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7819 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7820 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7822 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7823 desc
->forced_local
);
7824 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7826 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7827 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7828 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7830 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7831 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7837 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7838 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7841 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7842 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7843 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7844 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7846 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7849 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7850 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7853 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7854 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7855 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7856 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7857 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7858 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7860 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7861 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7862 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7864 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7867 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7869 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7870 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7871 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7872 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7878 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7879 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7880 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7881 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7882 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7883 dynamic relocations. */
7886 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7890 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7891 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7894 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7897 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7901 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7902 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7903 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7904 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7905 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7906 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7907 and plt refcounts. */
7909 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7910 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7912 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7913 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7915 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7916 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7918 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7919 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7921 /* Read the relocations. */
7922 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7924 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7930 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7931 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7933 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7934 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7935 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7938 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7939 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7941 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7942 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7943 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7944 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7946 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7947 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7951 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7954 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7955 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
7962 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7963 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7964 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7965 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7969 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7974 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7975 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7976 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7979 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
7983 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7985 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
7986 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7988 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
7989 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7990 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7991 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
7992 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
7993 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
7994 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
7995 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
7997 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8001 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8002 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8003 without marker relocs, then check that each
8004 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8005 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8006 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8007 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8009 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8011 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8012 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8013 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8015 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8016 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8017 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8022 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8025 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8026 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8027 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
8028 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8029 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8032 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8033 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8034 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8035 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8036 that turns out to be the case. */
8043 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8046 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8047 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8048 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
8049 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8050 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8053 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8054 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8060 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8062 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
8066 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8074 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8075 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8085 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8086 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8089 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8091 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8092 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8094 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8095 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8100 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8102 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8105 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8109 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8110 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8115 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8120 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8121 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8124 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8125 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8126 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8127 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8128 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8130 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8131 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8135 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8137 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8138 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8141 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8142 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8143 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8144 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8145 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8146 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8148 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8152 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8157 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8160 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8164 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8169 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8170 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8175 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8179 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8181 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8183 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8184 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8188 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8191 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8200 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8211 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8212 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8215 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8216 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8217 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8222 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8224 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8225 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8228 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8233 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8235 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8236 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8237 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8239 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8245 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8246 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8247 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8248 the entire optimization. */
8249 /* xgettext:c-format */
8250 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8251 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8252 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8257 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8258 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8259 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8260 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8261 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8262 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8263 Disable optimization in this case. */
8264 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8265 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8266 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8267 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8268 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8271 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8273 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8275 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8276 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8279 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8282 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8283 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8286 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8289 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8290 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8293 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8296 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8297 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8300 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8304 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8305 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8311 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8313 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8315 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8319 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8321 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8322 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8323 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8324 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8331 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8332 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8333 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8338 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8339 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8340 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8344 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8346 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8352 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8353 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8356 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8361 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8363 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8366 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8371 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8375 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8376 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8377 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8378 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8379 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8381 struct adjust_toc_info
8384 unsigned long *skip
;
8385 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8388 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8391 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8393 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8394 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8397 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8398 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8401 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8402 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8405 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8407 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8408 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8410 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8412 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8415 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8418 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8419 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8422 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8423 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8425 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8426 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8431 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8432 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8435 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8437 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8438 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8439 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8440 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8441 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8442 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8443 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8444 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8445 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8446 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8447 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8448 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8449 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8450 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8451 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8452 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8453 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8454 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8455 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8456 will need testing too. */
8457 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8458 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8460 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8461 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8462 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8463 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8464 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8465 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8468 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8469 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8470 load/store rt,off(ra)
8473 load/store rt,off(ra)
8474 may be translated to
8475 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8477 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8478 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8480 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8481 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8482 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8485 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8487 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8488 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8491 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8493 /* Check that regs match. */
8494 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8497 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8498 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8501 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8503 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8504 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8510 /* Check that regs match. */
8511 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8514 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8530 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8532 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8533 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8534 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8537 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8538 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8540 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8541 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8542 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8543 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8546 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8547 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8549 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8550 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8551 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8552 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8555 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8556 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8558 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8560 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8561 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8562 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8563 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8567 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8568 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8569 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8570 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8575 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8576 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8577 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8580 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8581 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8583 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8584 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8585 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8586 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8589 case 62: /* std, stq */
8590 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8592 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8593 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8594 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8595 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8600 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8601 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8605 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8606 unused .toc entries. */
8609 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8612 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8613 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8615 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8616 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8617 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8619 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8621 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8622 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8623 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8624 unsigned char *used
;
8625 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8627 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8630 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8633 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8634 || discarded_section (toc
))
8639 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8641 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8644 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8646 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8647 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8648 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8649 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8650 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8653 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8654 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8657 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8659 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8661 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8662 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8665 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8668 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8675 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8676 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8677 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8678 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8679 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8683 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8684 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8692 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8694 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8695 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8697 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8700 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8701 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8707 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8712 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8715 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8719 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8720 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8721 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8723 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8724 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8725 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8726 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8728 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8729 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8730 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8732 /* Read toc relocs. */
8733 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8735 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8738 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8740 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8741 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8743 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8744 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8747 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8748 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8751 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8752 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8757 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8758 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8761 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8766 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8768 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8772 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8774 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8776 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8777 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8779 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8780 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8781 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8782 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8783 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8784 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8787 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8788 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8793 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8798 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8799 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8806 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8810 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8813 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8815 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8821 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8822 Check the toc itself last. */
8823 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8826 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8827 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8828 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8833 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8834 || discarded_section (sec
)
8835 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8836 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8837 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8840 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8842 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8848 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8852 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8854 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8855 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8861 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8865 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8867 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8868 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8869 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8870 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8871 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8878 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8879 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8890 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8892 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8893 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8895 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8898 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8908 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8909 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8910 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8911 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8917 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8922 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8923 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8930 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8931 entry itself isn't unused. */
8932 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8933 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8936 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8945 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8949 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8950 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8951 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8952 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8953 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8958 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8959 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8963 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8966 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8976 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8979 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8981 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8982 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
8983 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
8986 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8988 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
8989 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
8992 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
8997 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9001 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9002 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9004 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9005 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9006 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9008 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9009 || discarded_section (sec
))
9012 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9014 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9017 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9019 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9020 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9022 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9025 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9032 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9033 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9034 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9035 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9036 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9037 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9041 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9042 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9050 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9053 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9055 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9058 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9060 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9062 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9064 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9067 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9068 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9072 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9073 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9076 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9077 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9081 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9083 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9084 /* xgettext:c-format */
9085 (_("%H: %s references "
9086 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9087 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9088 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9092 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9093 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9097 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9100 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9101 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9104 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9108 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9109 but handle them anyway. */
9110 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9111 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9112 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9114 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9115 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9119 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9120 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9122 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9124 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9128 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9129 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9132 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9133 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9136 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9137 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9140 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9141 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9144 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9145 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9146 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9150 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9153 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9156 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9157 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9158 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9160 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9164 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9165 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9166 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9168 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9169 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9170 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9173 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9174 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9177 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9178 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9179 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9180 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9181 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9184 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9187 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9188 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9190 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9193 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9198 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9199 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9200 number of GOT entries. */
9201 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9204 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9205 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9206 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9209 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9212 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9215 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9218 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9221 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9223 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9225 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9226 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9227 || discarded_section (sec
))
9230 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9232 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9235 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9238 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9243 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9245 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9246 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9247 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9250 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9252 unsigned char buf
[8];
9254 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9256 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9260 insn_check
= no_check
;
9263 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9264 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9265 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9266 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9267 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9268 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9269 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9270 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9273 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9274 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9275 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9276 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9277 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9278 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9279 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9280 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9281 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9282 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9283 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9287 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9289 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9291 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9294 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9295 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9296 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9297 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9298 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9302 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9303 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9304 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9305 /* xgettext:c-format */
9306 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9307 " %s instruction\n"),
9308 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9315 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9316 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9317 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9318 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9319 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9320 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9324 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9325 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9326 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9330 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9331 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9336 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9337 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9340 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9343 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9347 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9349 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9350 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9351 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9353 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9354 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9355 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9362 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9363 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9364 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9367 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9368 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9370 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9371 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9372 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9376 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9377 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9378 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9380 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9381 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9383 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9384 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9388 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9390 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9391 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9392 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9394 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9395 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9397 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9398 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9400 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9401 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9411 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9412 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9414 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9415 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9416 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9417 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9419 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9420 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9423 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9427 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9428 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9430 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9433 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9440 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9441 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9444 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9446 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9447 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9450 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9453 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9455 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9457 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9458 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9459 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9461 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9462 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9463 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9465 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9466 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9468 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9470 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9471 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9473 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9474 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9475 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9476 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9477 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9479 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9480 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9482 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9483 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9487 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9490 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9492 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9494 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9495 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9496 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9497 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9498 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9499 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9500 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9502 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9503 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9507 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9510 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9513 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9515 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9516 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9517 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9518 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9521 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9522 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9526 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9530 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9533 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9535 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9536 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9538 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9541 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9542 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9546 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9547 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9549 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9550 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9551 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9552 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9554 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9555 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9556 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9557 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9558 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9559 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9560 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9561 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9563 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9567 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9568 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9569 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9572 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9573 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9575 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9576 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9577 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9579 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9580 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9582 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9583 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9586 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9589 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9591 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9592 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9594 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9595 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9597 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9599 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9602 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9605 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9608 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9609 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9610 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9611 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9612 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9614 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9615 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9616 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9617 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9619 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9620 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9621 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9622 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9624 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9626 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9628 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9629 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9630 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9631 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9632 visibility changes. */
9633 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9635 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9636 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9637 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9638 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9639 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9640 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9641 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9642 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9644 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9646 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9655 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9657 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9658 should be made dynamic. */
9659 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9664 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9665 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9666 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9668 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9670 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9672 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9673 should be made dynamic. */
9674 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9677 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9678 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9679 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9682 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9685 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9686 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9688 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9689 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9690 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9691 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9695 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9698 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9699 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9700 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9701 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9702 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9705 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9706 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9707 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9708 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9710 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9711 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9712 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9713 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9715 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9716 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9718 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9721 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9722 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9723 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9728 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9729 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9730 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9735 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9739 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9741 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9743 /* Make room for this entry. */
9744 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9746 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9749 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9752 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9753 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9760 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9761 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9764 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9768 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9771 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9777 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9784 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9785 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9786 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9788 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9789 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9791 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9792 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9793 after the branch table. */
9796 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9798 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9799 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9800 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9803 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9806 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9813 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9817 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9818 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9819 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9820 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9821 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9823 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9824 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9825 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9826 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9827 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9828 unsigned int align_power
;
9832 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9833 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9835 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9836 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9837 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9838 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9839 entry stubs are needed. */
9840 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9841 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9842 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9843 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9844 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9845 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9846 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9847 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9848 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9849 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9850 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9851 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9852 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9854 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9856 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9857 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9858 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9859 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9865 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9868 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9871 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9876 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9878 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9882 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9886 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9888 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9889 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9891 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9894 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9895 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9899 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9901 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9903 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9904 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9905 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9906 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9907 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9908 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9911 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9914 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9916 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9918 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9920 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9921 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9923 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9924 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9925 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9928 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9930 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9932 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9933 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9934 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9935 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9940 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9944 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9945 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9946 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9947 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9948 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9949 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9950 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9951 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9953 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9956 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9957 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9959 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
9961 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9966 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
9967 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9969 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
9970 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9975 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
9976 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9978 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
9979 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
9981 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9982 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
9983 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
9985 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
9986 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
9995 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
9996 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9997 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
9999 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10001 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10002 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10004 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10006 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10007 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10008 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10009 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10011 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10012 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10013 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10016 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10017 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10018 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10019 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10020 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10024 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10028 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10029 sym dynamic relocs. */
10030 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10032 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10033 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10035 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10036 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10038 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10040 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10043 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10044 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10046 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10048 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10049 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10053 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10055 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10056 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10059 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10061 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10062 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10067 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10070 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10071 Allocate memory for them. */
10073 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10075 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10078 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10079 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10081 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10082 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10083 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10084 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10085 || s
== htab
->glink
10086 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10087 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10088 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10090 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10093 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10095 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10096 /* Not sized yet. */
10099 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10103 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10106 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10107 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10108 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10113 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10119 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10120 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10121 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10122 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10123 before the linker maps input sections to output
10124 sections. The linker does that before
10125 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10126 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10127 into these sections. */
10128 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10132 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10133 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10136 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10139 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10140 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10141 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10142 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10143 sections instead of garbage.
10144 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10145 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10146 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10147 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10151 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10153 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10156 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10157 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10160 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10163 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10164 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10168 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10172 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10175 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10176 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10179 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10184 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10186 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10188 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10189 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10190 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10191 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10192 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10193 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10194 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10196 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10198 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10202 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10204 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10205 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10206 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10207 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10208 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10212 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10214 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10215 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10219 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10220 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10221 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10222 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10223 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10224 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10226 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10232 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10233 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10234 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10237 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10238 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10239 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10240 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10241 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10243 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10245 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10250 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10255 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10258 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10260 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10262 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10265 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10268 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10270 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10271 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10272 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10273 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10274 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10275 bfd_vma destination
,
10276 unsigned long local_off
)
10278 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10280 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10281 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10282 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10286 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10287 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10289 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10291 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10295 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10296 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10297 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10300 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10303 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10304 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10305 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10306 any other type of stub. */
10307 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10308 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10309 return ppc_stub_none
;
10311 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10313 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10314 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10315 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10316 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10318 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10320 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10322 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10323 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10324 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10327 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10332 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10333 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10334 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10337 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10338 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10340 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10341 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10342 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10343 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10344 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10345 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10347 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10348 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10349 is needed later. */
10350 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10352 return ppc_stub_none
;
10355 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10356 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10361 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10362 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10363 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10364 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10365 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10366 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10369 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10371 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10373 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10375 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10377 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10379 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10382 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10384 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10387 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10389 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10392 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10394 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10399 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10401 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10406 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10408 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10410 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10414 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10419 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10421 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10424 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10426 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10430 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10438 static unsigned int
10439 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10442 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10444 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10448 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10453 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10456 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10458 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10460 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10467 static unsigned int
10468 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10470 unsigned int num_rel
;
10471 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10473 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10478 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10479 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10481 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10483 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10489 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10490 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10491 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10493 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10494 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10496 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10497 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10498 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10499 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10500 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10502 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10505 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10506 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10507 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10511 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10512 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10515 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10516 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10520 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10521 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10522 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10525 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10527 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10531 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10532 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10533 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10535 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10539 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10540 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10541 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10548 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10552 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10557 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10563 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10565 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10567 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10569 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10570 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10571 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10572 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10573 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10576 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10580 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10583 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10584 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10586 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10590 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10594 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10596 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10601 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10603 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10607 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10610 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10611 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10613 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10617 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10621 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10623 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10629 static unsigned int
10630 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10632 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10634 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10640 static unsigned int
10641 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10643 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10645 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10651 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10652 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10653 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10654 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10656 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10658 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10660 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10661 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10662 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10663 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10669 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10670 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10671 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10672 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10675 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10676 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10677 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10681 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10682 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10683 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10687 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10690 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10694 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10695 else if (delta
< 256)
10697 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10700 else if (delta
< 65536)
10702 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10703 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10708 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10709 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10715 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10717 static unsigned int
10718 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10720 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10721 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10723 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10724 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10726 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10727 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10729 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10733 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10734 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10735 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10736 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10737 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10738 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10739 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10741 . fake dep barrier compare
10742 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10743 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10744 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10745 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10746 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10747 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10749 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10750 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10752 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10753 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10755 static inline unsigned int
10756 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10757 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10762 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10764 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
10766 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10767 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10768 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10769 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10771 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10774 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10775 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10781 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10782 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10784 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10789 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10791 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10792 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10793 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10794 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10796 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10799 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10800 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10801 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10803 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10806 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10812 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10819 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10820 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10822 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10823 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10825 static inline unsigned int
10826 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10827 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10831 unsigned stub_size
;
10832 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10834 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10836 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10837 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10838 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10842 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10843 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10844 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10845 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10846 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10850 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10852 static inline bfd_byte
*
10853 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10854 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10855 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10857 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10858 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10859 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10860 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10861 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10862 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10863 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10864 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10865 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10867 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10870 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10871 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10873 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10874 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10875 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10876 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10879 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10880 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10882 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10883 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10884 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10885 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10886 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10887 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10888 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10889 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10890 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10892 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10893 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10894 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10895 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10898 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10902 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10903 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10904 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10905 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10906 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10907 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10908 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10911 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10913 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10914 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10915 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10919 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10920 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10921 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10922 if (plt_static_chain
)
10924 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10925 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10926 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10931 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10932 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10933 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10936 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10937 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10941 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10942 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10945 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10947 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10950 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10955 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10956 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10958 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10959 if (plt_static_chain
)
10960 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
10967 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10968 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10969 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10970 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10973 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10975 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10976 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
10977 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10981 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10982 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10983 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
10984 if (plt_static_chain
)
10986 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10987 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10988 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10993 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10994 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10995 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10996 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10998 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11000 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11003 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11008 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11009 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11011 if (plt_static_chain
)
11012 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11013 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11016 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11018 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11019 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11020 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11023 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11027 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11029 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11030 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11031 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11032 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11033 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11034 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11035 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11036 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11038 static inline bfd_byte
*
11039 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11040 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11041 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11043 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11047 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11048 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11049 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11050 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11051 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11052 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11053 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11054 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11057 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11058 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11059 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11061 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11063 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11067 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11068 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11069 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11071 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11073 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11075 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11077 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11082 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11085 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11087 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11088 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11090 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11092 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11096 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11099 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11100 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11102 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11104 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11105 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11106 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11108 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11109 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11110 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11111 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11112 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11113 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11115 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11116 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11120 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11121 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11122 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11123 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11124 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11125 specified by that point.
11126 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11127 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11128 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11129 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11131 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11132 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11133 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11134 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11135 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11136 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11144 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11146 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11147 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11149 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11150 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11152 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11153 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11154 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11156 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11157 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11158 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11160 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11162 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11167 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11168 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11170 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11171 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11173 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11174 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11175 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11177 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11178 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11179 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11180 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11182 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11183 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11184 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11185 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11187 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11188 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11189 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11190 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11192 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11193 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11197 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11198 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11202 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11203 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11204 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11206 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11207 unsigned long symndx
;
11208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11211 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11212 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11213 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11214 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11216 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11218 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11219 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11220 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11222 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11223 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11224 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11226 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11227 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11229 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11231 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11232 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11233 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11234 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11235 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11236 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11237 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11239 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11240 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11242 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11243 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11248 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11255 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11256 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11258 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11259 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11263 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11266 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11268 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11269 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11271 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11272 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11274 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11275 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11276 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11278 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11280 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11281 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11282 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11283 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11285 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11290 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11292 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11293 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11294 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11295 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11297 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11299 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11304 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11305 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11308 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11309 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11310 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11311 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11312 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11313 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11314 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11315 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11317 /* Same for the group. */
11318 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11319 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11320 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11321 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11322 "output section. Retry without "
11323 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11324 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11325 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11327 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11331 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11332 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11334 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11335 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11337 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11338 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11339 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11340 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11341 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11342 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11343 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11345 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11346 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11347 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11348 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11352 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11354 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11356 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11358 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11361 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11363 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11365 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11366 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11369 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11372 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11377 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11380 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11383 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11384 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11385 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11389 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11391 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11394 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11395 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11396 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11397 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11398 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11403 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11404 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11405 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11406 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11408 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11410 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11411 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11412 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11416 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11417 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11418 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11419 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11420 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11422 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11423 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11425 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11427 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11429 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11431 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11432 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11435 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11436 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11437 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11438 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11439 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11441 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11442 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11443 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11444 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11446 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11448 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11451 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11452 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11453 translated from input file to output file form, so
11454 set up the offset per the output file. */
11455 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11456 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11457 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11458 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11459 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11463 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11464 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11465 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11467 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11468 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11471 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11473 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11474 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11475 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11476 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11477 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11481 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11483 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11486 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11487 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11488 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11489 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11490 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11491 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11492 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11493 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11495 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11496 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11497 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11498 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11503 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11505 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11507 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11508 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11510 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11511 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11514 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11515 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11519 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11521 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11523 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11527 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11529 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11531 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11532 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11534 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11535 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11538 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11540 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11543 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11544 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11546 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11549 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11550 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11554 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11556 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11560 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11561 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11562 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11563 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11564 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11565 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11567 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11568 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11569 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11570 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11571 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11572 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11575 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11578 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11580 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11581 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11584 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11585 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11586 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11587 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11589 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11590 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11592 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11594 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11597 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11598 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11599 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11605 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11607 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11608 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11612 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11613 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11614 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11615 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11616 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11618 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11619 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11622 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11626 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11627 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11628 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11630 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11631 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11635 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11637 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11641 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11643 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11644 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11645 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11648 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11651 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11654 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11655 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11657 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11658 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11659 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11662 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11663 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11664 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11665 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11666 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11667 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11672 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
11673 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11674 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11676 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11677 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11679 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11680 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11681 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11682 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11683 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11684 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11685 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11687 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11688 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11689 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11690 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11693 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11694 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11696 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11700 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11701 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11702 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11703 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11704 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11706 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11708 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11709 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11710 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11711 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11712 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11713 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11716 /* Now build the stub. */
11717 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11718 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11721 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11722 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11723 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11724 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11726 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11727 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11729 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11731 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11733 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11734 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11737 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11739 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11740 /* xgettext:c-format */
11741 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11742 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11743 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11745 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11746 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11751 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11753 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11754 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11756 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11757 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11761 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11762 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11763 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11764 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11766 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11767 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11768 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11769 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11771 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11774 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11782 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11784 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11786 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11789 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11802 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11803 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11804 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11807 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11808 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11809 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11810 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11813 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11815 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11816 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11817 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11818 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11819 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11820 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11821 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11823 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11830 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11831 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11832 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11835 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11837 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11838 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11839 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11841 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11842 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11844 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11845 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11848 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11852 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11853 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11854 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11855 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11856 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11857 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11858 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11859 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11861 /* Same for the group. */
11862 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11863 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11864 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11865 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11866 "output section. Retry without "
11867 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11868 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11869 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11871 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11872 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11874 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11875 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11876 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11877 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11879 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11880 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11881 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11882 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11886 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11888 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11889 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11890 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11891 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11892 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11893 /* Fall through. */
11894 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11895 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11896 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11897 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11898 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11899 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11900 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11901 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11902 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11906 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11908 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11909 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11911 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11915 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11917 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11923 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11924 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11925 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11927 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11928 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11930 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11932 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11933 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11935 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11937 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11938 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11939 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11943 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11945 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11946 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11947 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11949 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11950 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11951 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11953 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11954 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11958 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11959 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11960 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11961 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11962 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11965 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11967 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
11968 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
11969 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11972 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
11973 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11976 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11982 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11985 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11987 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11991 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11993 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11994 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11998 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11999 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12000 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12001 /* Fall through. */
12002 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12003 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12004 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12005 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12006 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12008 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12011 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12012 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12013 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12017 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12019 unsigned int num_rel
;
12020 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12021 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12023 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12024 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12025 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12028 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12029 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12031 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12032 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12034 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12035 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12039 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12041 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12042 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12043 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12044 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12046 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12047 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12048 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12049 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12050 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12051 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12054 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12055 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12057 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12058 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12061 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12062 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12065 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12066 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12067 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12068 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12069 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12070 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12072 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12073 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12076 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12077 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12078 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12079 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12081 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12082 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12084 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12086 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12090 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12092 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12094 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12095 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12099 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12101 unsigned int num_rel
;
12102 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12103 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12105 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12106 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12107 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12110 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12112 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12114 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12115 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12116 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12117 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12119 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12120 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12121 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12122 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12123 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12124 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12128 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12129 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12130 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12131 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12133 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12134 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12135 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12136 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12138 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12139 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12141 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12143 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12145 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12146 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12149 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12151 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12153 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12154 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12157 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12159 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12160 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12162 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12163 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12165 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12168 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12170 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12171 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12172 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12173 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12175 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12177 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12178 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12179 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12180 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12181 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12182 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12186 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12187 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12188 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12189 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12190 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12192 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12201 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12205 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12206 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12207 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12210 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12214 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12219 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12220 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12221 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12222 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12225 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12226 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12227 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12232 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12235 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12237 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12239 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12240 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12241 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12244 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12245 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12246 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12249 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12251 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12252 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12257 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12259 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12260 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12264 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12265 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12268 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12269 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12270 limit
= 0x80008000;
12271 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12273 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12275 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12276 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12277 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12278 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12281 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12282 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12283 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12284 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12285 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12286 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12287 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12289 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12290 file .toc and .got together. */
12292 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12293 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12296 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12300 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12301 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12302 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12303 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12305 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12307 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12308 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12310 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12311 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12313 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12314 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12315 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12316 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12321 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12325 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12327 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12330 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12335 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12339 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12341 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12343 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12346 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12347 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12348 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12352 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12353 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12357 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12359 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12360 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12361 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12363 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12365 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12368 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12369 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12371 /* And tlsld_got. */
12372 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12374 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12376 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12379 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12380 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12381 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12383 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12385 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12388 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12389 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12390 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12391 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12393 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12394 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12400 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12401 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12402 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12403 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12405 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12407 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12409 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12412 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12415 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12417 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12418 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12423 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12424 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12425 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12427 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12428 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12429 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12430 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12431 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12432 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12436 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12439 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12443 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12444 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12445 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12446 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12447 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12448 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12449 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12450 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12452 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12454 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12456 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12457 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12459 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12460 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12465 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12466 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12468 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12469 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12471 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12472 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12473 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12475 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12476 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12482 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12484 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12486 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12488 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12491 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12492 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12493 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12495 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12496 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12498 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12500 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12501 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12506 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12507 if (!done_something
)
12508 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12512 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12515 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12518 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12519 if (done_something
)
12524 if (done_something
)
12525 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12527 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12528 on input sections. */
12529 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12530 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12531 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12532 return done_something
;
12535 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12538 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12540 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12542 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12543 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12544 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12547 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12548 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12549 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12550 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12551 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12552 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12553 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12556 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12560 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12561 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12563 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12564 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12567 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12570 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12574 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12576 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12578 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12580 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12581 info
->keep_memory
);
12582 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12585 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12587 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12591 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12593 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12594 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12596 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12597 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12599 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12603 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12604 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12605 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12606 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12607 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12608 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12609 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12610 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12613 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12614 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12621 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12623 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12625 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12627 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12633 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12634 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12637 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12638 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12639 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12646 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12649 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12650 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12652 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12654 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12656 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12657 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12660 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12664 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12666 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12668 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12671 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12672 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12673 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12678 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12679 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12681 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12682 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12685 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12686 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12687 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12693 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12694 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12695 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12696 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12697 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12698 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12706 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12707 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12708 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12709 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12712 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12713 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12714 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12718 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12719 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12721 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12722 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12723 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12734 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12735 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12737 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12742 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12743 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12744 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12746 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12747 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12749 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12752 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12753 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12754 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12761 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12766 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12767 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12768 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12769 we may insert linker stubs. */
12772 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12774 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12779 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12780 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12782 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12783 which is what we want. */
12784 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12785 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12786 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12789 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12791 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12792 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12793 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12794 hit an exception. */
12795 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12796 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12797 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12798 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12800 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12803 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12804 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12805 check_pasted_section(). */
12806 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12807 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12810 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12814 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12815 have toc relocs. */
12818 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12820 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12824 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12825 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12828 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12829 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12832 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12833 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12838 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12839 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12841 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12845 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12847 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12848 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12854 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12856 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12857 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12860 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12861 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12862 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12863 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12864 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12865 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12868 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12869 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12870 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12872 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12874 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12876 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12880 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12881 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12883 /* Default values. */
12884 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12885 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12887 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12888 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12891 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12895 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12898 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12899 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12903 bfd_size_type total
;
12904 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12906 struct map_stub
*group
;
12907 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12910 total
= tail
->size
;
12911 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12912 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12913 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12915 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12916 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12917 /* xgettext:c-format */
12918 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12919 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12920 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12922 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12923 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12924 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12925 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12926 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12927 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12930 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12931 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12932 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12933 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12934 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12935 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12936 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12937 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12938 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12939 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12940 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12943 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12944 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12945 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12946 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12947 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12948 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12949 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12950 htab
->group
= group
;
12953 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12954 /* Set up this stub group. */
12955 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12957 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12959 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12960 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12961 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
12962 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
12963 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
12964 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
12967 while (prev
!= NULL
12968 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12969 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12970 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12971 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
12973 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12976 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12977 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12986 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
12988 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
12989 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
12990 1, /* CIE version. */
12991 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
12992 4, /* Code alignment. */
12993 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
12995 1, /* Augmentation size. */
12996 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
12997 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13000 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13001 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13002 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13006 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13008 if (isec
->size
== 0
13009 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13010 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13011 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13012 isec
->output_section
)
13013 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13015 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13016 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13017 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13021 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13023 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13024 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13028 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13030 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13031 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13032 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13037 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13038 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13039 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13040 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13041 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13043 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13047 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13049 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13050 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13055 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13056 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13057 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13058 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13059 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13060 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13061 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13062 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13063 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13064 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13065 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13071 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13073 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13074 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13075 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13076 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13077 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13081 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13082 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13083 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13085 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13087 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13090 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13091 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13092 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13093 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13094 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13095 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13096 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13098 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13100 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13102 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13103 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13104 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13105 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13107 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13108 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13109 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13110 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13111 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13113 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13115 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13116 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13117 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13118 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13119 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13120 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13121 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13124 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13125 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13126 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13127 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13128 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13129 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13134 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13135 struct map_stub
*group
;
13137 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13139 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13141 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13145 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13147 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13150 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13151 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13152 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13155 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13156 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13158 section
= section
->next
)
13160 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13162 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13164 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13165 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13166 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13167 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13168 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13171 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13172 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13173 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13174 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13177 /* Get the relocs. */
13179 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13180 info
->keep_memory
);
13181 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13182 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13184 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13185 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13186 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13187 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13189 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13190 unsigned int r_indx
;
13191 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13192 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13193 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13194 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13195 bfd_vma destination
;
13196 unsigned long local_off
;
13197 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13198 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13199 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13201 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13203 const asection
*id_sec
;
13204 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13205 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13207 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13208 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13210 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13212 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13213 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13216 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13217 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13218 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13219 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13220 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13221 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13224 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13226 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13227 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13228 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13229 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13236 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13237 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13238 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13241 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13242 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13244 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13245 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13248 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13249 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13251 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13252 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13254 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13255 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13257 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13258 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13259 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13261 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13262 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13263 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13273 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13280 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13281 destination
= (sym_value
13282 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13283 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13284 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13289 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13290 code_value
= sym_value
;
13291 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13296 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13298 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13301 code_value
+= adjust
;
13302 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13304 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13305 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13306 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13308 destination
= dest
;
13311 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13313 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13314 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13315 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13320 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13322 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13323 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13326 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13328 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13329 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13330 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13331 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13332 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13333 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13334 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13335 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13336 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13338 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13340 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13341 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13342 different object files when creating the
13343 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13344 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13345 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13346 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13347 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13348 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13349 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13350 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13351 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13352 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13353 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13354 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13355 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13358 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13361 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13362 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13363 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13365 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13366 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13367 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13369 /* Get tls info. */
13370 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13372 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13373 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13374 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13375 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13376 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13380 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13383 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13384 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13385 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13386 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13387 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13388 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13389 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13391 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13392 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13393 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13396 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13399 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13400 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13402 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13403 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13405 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13407 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13408 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13409 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13411 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13412 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13413 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13414 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13415 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13416 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13417 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13419 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13425 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13428 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13429 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13430 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13431 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13432 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13434 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13436 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13437 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13439 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13441 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13442 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13448 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13449 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13450 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13451 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13452 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13453 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13454 /* Fall through. */
13455 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13456 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13457 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13458 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13459 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13461 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13463 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13464 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13466 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13468 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13469 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13475 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13476 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13480 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13481 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13484 error_ret_free_internal
:
13485 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13486 free (internal_relocs
);
13487 error_ret_free_local
:
13488 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13489 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13494 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13495 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13496 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13498 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13499 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13503 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13504 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13506 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13507 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13508 stub_entry
->symtype
13509 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13510 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13513 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13514 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13515 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13518 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13519 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13520 free (internal_relocs
);
13523 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13524 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13526 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13529 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13533 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13535 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13537 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13538 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13539 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13541 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13543 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13544 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13545 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13546 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13547 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13548 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13549 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13552 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13554 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13555 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13556 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13557 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13558 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13561 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13562 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13563 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13564 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13565 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13566 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13567 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13568 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13570 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13572 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13573 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13574 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13576 if (info
->emitrelocations
13577 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13579 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13580 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13583 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13584 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13585 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13587 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13589 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13590 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13591 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13592 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13593 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13595 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13596 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13597 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13598 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13599 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13602 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13603 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13604 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13606 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13607 group
->stub_sec
->size
13608 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13611 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13612 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13613 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13614 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13615 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13619 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13620 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13621 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13622 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13623 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13624 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13625 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13628 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13629 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13632 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13633 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13636 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13637 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13638 struct map_stub
*group
;
13640 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13641 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13642 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13643 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13644 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13647 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13651 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13652 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13653 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13654 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13655 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13657 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13658 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13660 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13662 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13664 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13667 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13668 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13670 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13672 /* stub section size. */
13673 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13675 /* Augmentation. */
13677 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13678 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13679 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13680 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13682 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13685 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13687 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13690 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13691 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13693 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13696 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13698 /* Augmentation. */
13701 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13702 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13704 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13705 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13706 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13708 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13710 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13711 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13712 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13713 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13714 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13715 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13716 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13717 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13720 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13721 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13722 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13723 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13724 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13729 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13730 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13733 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13736 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13741 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13743 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13744 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13748 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13749 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13753 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13754 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13755 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13756 || h
->def_regular
))
13758 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13759 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13764 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13765 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13766 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13767 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13768 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13769 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13770 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13771 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13772 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13773 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13775 /* This may happen for
13776 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13778 o bad linker script
13779 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13781 FIXME: Warn user? */
13783 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13785 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13786 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13788 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13791 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13792 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13793 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13796 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13797 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13801 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13802 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13808 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13810 /* Force alignment. */
13811 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13812 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13813 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13815 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13817 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13821 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13823 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13824 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13829 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13830 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13831 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13832 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13838 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13839 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13842 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13845 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13846 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13849 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13853 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13857 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13858 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13860 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13861 table. Set it up. */
13862 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13863 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13866 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13867 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13869 if (!(h
->def_regular
13870 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13871 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13873 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13875 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13876 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13877 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13879 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13881 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13885 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13886 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13888 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13890 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13892 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13897 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13899 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13901 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13902 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13905 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13906 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13907 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13912 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13913 + plt
->output_offset
13914 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13915 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13916 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13917 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13922 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13923 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13924 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13925 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13926 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13927 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13928 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13929 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13930 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13931 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13932 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13936 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13939 if (h
->def_regular
)
13942 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13943 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13946 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13947 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13948 && ent
->addend
== 0)
13954 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13955 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
13956 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13957 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13959 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13960 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13962 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13964 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
13965 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
13967 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
13969 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13970 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
13971 h
->root
.root
.string
);
13972 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13973 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
13976 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
13977 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
13979 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
13980 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
13985 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
13986 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13989 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
13991 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13992 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13993 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
13994 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
13995 h
->def_regular
= 1;
13996 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
13997 h
->forced_local
= 1;
13999 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14003 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14005 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14008 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14010 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14012 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14018 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14021 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14023 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14026 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14028 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14029 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14031 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14032 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14033 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14035 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14038 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14042 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14043 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14044 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14045 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14046 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14047 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14048 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14049 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14051 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14053 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14057 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14058 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14060 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14065 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14066 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14067 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14068 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14069 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14071 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14073 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14074 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14075 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14079 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14080 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14083 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14085 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14086 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14089 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14090 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14095 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14096 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14097 + plt
->output_offset
14098 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14099 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14102 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14104 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14109 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14111 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14113 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14114 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14115 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14116 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14120 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14121 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14123 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14126 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14132 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14133 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14136 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14138 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14139 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14141 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14143 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14144 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14145 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14146 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14147 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14149 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14151 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14152 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14156 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14157 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14158 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14160 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14161 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14164 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14167 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14169 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14172 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14173 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14181 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14183 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14184 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14186 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14187 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14189 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14190 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14192 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14193 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14194 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14195 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14200 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14201 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14202 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14205 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14208 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14209 struct map_stub
*group
;
14210 asection
*stub_sec
;
14212 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14217 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14218 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14220 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14221 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14222 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14223 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14225 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14227 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14229 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14233 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14238 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14239 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14241 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14242 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14243 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14246 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14248 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14249 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14250 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14251 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14252 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14253 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14254 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14256 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14259 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14260 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14262 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14264 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14267 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14268 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14269 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14270 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14272 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14273 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14274 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14278 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14280 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14282 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14284 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14286 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14288 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14290 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14292 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14294 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14296 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14301 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14303 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14305 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14307 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14309 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14311 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14313 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14315 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14317 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14319 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14321 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14323 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14325 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14328 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14330 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14332 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14334 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14340 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14345 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14347 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14353 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14359 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14361 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14362 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14363 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14365 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14366 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14370 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14371 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14373 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14377 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14378 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14380 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14383 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14385 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14387 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14390 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14392 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14393 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14394 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14398 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14399 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14401 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14402 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14403 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14405 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14406 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14408 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14409 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14410 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14412 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14413 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14416 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14417 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14419 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14420 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14421 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14422 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14426 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14427 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14432 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14433 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14438 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14439 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14441 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14442 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14444 /* Offset to stub section. */
14445 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14446 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14447 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14448 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14449 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14450 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14453 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14454 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14457 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14458 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14460 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14462 /* Offset to .glink. */
14463 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14464 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14466 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14467 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14468 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14469 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14472 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14473 htab
->glink
->name
);
14476 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14477 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14481 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14482 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14484 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14485 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14486 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14487 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14493 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14494 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14497 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14503 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14504 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14505 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14507 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14511 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14513 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14514 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14515 " branch both %lu\n"
14516 " long branch %lu\n"
14517 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14518 " long notoc %lu\n"
14521 " plt call save %lu\n"
14522 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14523 " plt call both %lu\n"
14524 " global entry %lu"),
14526 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14527 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14528 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14529 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14530 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14531 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14532 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14533 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14534 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14535 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14536 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14537 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14538 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14546 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14547 discarded sections. */
14549 static unsigned int
14550 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14552 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14555 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14558 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14561 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14564 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14567 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14571 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14573 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14574 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14575 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14576 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14577 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14578 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14579 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14580 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14581 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14582 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14583 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14584 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14585 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14586 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14587 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14588 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14589 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14590 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14591 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14592 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14593 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14594 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14595 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14596 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14597 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14598 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14599 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14601 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14602 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14603 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14604 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14605 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14606 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14607 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14608 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14609 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14610 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14611 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14612 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14613 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14614 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14615 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14616 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14624 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14625 to handle the relocations for a section.
14627 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14628 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14631 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14632 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14633 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14636 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14637 address or the reloc symbol index.
14639 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14641 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14642 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14644 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14645 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14647 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14648 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14649 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14650 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14654 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14655 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14657 asection
*input_section
,
14658 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14659 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14660 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14661 asection
**local_sections
)
14663 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14666 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14667 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14668 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14669 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14671 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14673 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14674 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14675 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14676 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14677 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14678 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14680 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14681 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14684 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14688 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14689 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14692 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14694 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14698 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14699 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14700 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14701 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14702 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14704 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14705 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14706 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14708 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14710 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14711 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14713 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14714 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14715 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14716 const char *sym_name
;
14717 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14718 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14719 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14720 unsigned char sym_type
;
14721 bfd_vma relocation
;
14722 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14723 bfd_boolean warned
;
14724 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14727 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14728 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14730 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14731 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14732 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14739 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14740 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14742 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14743 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14744 proper TOC base to use. */
14745 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14747 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14749 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14755 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14758 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14760 /* It's a local symbol. */
14761 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14763 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14764 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14765 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14766 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14767 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14768 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14769 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14771 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14777 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14778 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14779 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14780 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14781 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14782 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14783 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14785 relocation
+= adjust
;
14791 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14793 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14794 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14795 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14796 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14797 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14798 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14800 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14801 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14803 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14804 such are defined in output sections, even those
14805 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14806 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14807 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14808 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14809 by the opd entry. */
14810 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14811 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14812 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14814 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14815 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14816 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14819 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14820 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14827 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14829 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14831 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14832 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14833 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14834 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14836 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14838 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14839 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14840 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14841 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14842 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14843 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14849 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14852 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14854 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14855 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14856 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14859 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14860 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14861 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14862 for the final instruction stream. */
14867 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14868 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14870 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14871 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14872 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14873 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14874 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14876 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14877 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14878 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14879 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14881 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14882 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14884 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14885 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14889 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14892 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14893 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14894 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14895 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14897 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14898 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14899 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14901 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14902 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14903 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14904 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14905 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14908 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14909 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14910 /* xgettext:c-format */
14911 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14912 /* xgettext:c-format */
14913 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14914 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14915 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14919 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14920 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14921 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14922 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14923 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14924 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14925 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14926 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14927 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14928 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14929 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14937 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14938 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14939 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
14941 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14942 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14943 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14944 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14947 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14948 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14949 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14950 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14952 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14953 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14956 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14957 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
14963 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14964 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
14965 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
14967 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14968 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
14973 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
14974 doing a GD->IE transition. */
14978 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14979 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14982 else if (retval
== 3)
14984 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14985 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14993 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
14994 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
14995 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14996 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14998 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
14999 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15000 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15001 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15005 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15006 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15007 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15008 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15011 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15012 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15014 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15015 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15016 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15017 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15018 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15020 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15021 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15022 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15023 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15027 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15031 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15032 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15033 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15035 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15036 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15038 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15039 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15040 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15041 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15042 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15043 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15044 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15045 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15046 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15051 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15052 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15054 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15055 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15058 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15060 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15061 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15062 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15063 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15064 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15065 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15067 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15068 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15069 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15070 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15074 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15076 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15078 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15079 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15081 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15083 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15084 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15085 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15090 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15091 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15092 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15095 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15100 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15101 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15103 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15109 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15112 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15113 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15114 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15117 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15119 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15121 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15125 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15126 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15128 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15132 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15133 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15134 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15136 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15139 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15140 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15141 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15142 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15143 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15144 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15145 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15146 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15147 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15148 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15150 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15152 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15153 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15154 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15155 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15156 before the call by intervening code. */
15157 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15158 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15159 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15162 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15163 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15164 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15165 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15166 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15167 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15168 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15169 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15171 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15172 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15173 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15178 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15179 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15180 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15183 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15184 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15185 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15187 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15189 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15190 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15192 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15193 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15194 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15196 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15197 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15198 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15199 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15202 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15203 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15204 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15206 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15207 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15209 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15210 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15214 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15215 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15217 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15218 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15224 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15225 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15227 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15229 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15230 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15232 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15233 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15234 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
15238 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15239 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15240 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15242 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15243 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15244 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15245 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15246 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15250 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15251 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15253 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15255 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15256 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15257 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15258 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15260 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15261 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15262 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15263 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15264 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15269 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15270 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15271 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15273 unsigned int insn2
;
15274 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15276 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15277 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15280 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15281 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15283 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15287 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15290 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15293 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15294 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15299 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15301 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15302 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15304 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15305 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15307 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15312 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15313 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15314 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15317 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15318 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15319 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15320 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15322 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15324 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15329 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15330 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15331 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15333 unsigned int insn2
;
15334 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15336 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15337 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15340 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15341 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15343 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15347 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15350 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15351 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15353 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15358 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15359 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15360 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15361 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15362 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15364 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15365 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15366 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15367 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15369 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15374 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15375 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15376 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15377 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15379 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15381 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15382 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15383 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15386 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15387 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15389 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15394 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15396 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15397 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15398 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15403 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15404 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15406 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15407 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15411 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15412 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15413 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15414 && !info
->traditional_format
15415 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15417 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15419 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15420 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15421 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15422 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15424 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15425 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15426 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15427 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15428 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15429 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15434 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15435 + input_section
->output_offset
15436 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15437 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15439 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15441 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15442 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15443 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15444 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15447 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15448 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15449 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15450 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15451 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15457 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15458 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15459 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15460 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15461 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15464 if .TOC. is in range. */
15465 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15466 && !info
->traditional_format
15468 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15469 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15470 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15471 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15472 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15473 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15474 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15476 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15477 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15478 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15479 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15480 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15481 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15483 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15484 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15485 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15486 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15487 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15488 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15494 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15496 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15497 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15498 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15504 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15505 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15506 + input_section
->output_offset
15507 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15508 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15509 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15511 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15513 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15514 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15515 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15516 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15520 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15521 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15522 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15523 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15524 /* Fall through. */
15526 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15527 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15528 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15529 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15530 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15531 /* Fall through. */
15533 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15534 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15535 /* Fall through. */
15537 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15538 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15539 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15540 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15541 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15542 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15543 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15544 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15545 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15550 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15551 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15552 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15554 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15555 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15556 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15557 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15558 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15561 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15562 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15563 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15564 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15565 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15566 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15567 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15569 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15571 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15573 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15574 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15576 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15577 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15579 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15581 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15582 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15585 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15586 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15587 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15588 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15592 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15593 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15598 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15599 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15600 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15601 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15602 else if (nop
== NOP
15603 || nop
== CROR_151515
15604 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15607 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15608 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15610 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15613 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15614 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15615 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15616 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15621 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15623 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15628 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15629 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15631 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15632 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15633 the same, if we could detect such. */
15634 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15640 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15641 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15642 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15643 global symbol and on the other a local call
15644 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15645 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15646 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15648 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15650 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15652 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15653 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15654 - sec
->output_offset
);
15656 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15658 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15659 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15664 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15665 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15666 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15667 /* xgettext:c-format */
15668 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15669 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15670 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15672 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15673 /* xgettext:c-format */
15674 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15675 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15676 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15683 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15684 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15685 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15688 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15689 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15690 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15691 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15693 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15694 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15695 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15696 - sec
->output_offset
);
15697 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15698 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15702 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15706 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15708 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15709 + input_section
->output_offset
15710 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15712 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15716 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15717 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15718 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15719 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15720 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15721 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15722 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15723 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15726 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15727 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15728 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15729 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15730 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15731 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15732 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15733 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15734 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15735 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15738 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15739 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15740 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15741 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15742 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15743 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15744 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15745 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15748 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15750 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15751 rather than the procedure directly. */
15752 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15754 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15755 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15756 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15757 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15758 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15759 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15761 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15762 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15763 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15765 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15767 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15768 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15769 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15770 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15772 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15773 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15774 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15775 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15776 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15778 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15779 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15780 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15781 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15784 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15785 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15786 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15787 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15794 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15795 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15796 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15797 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15798 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15799 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15800 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15806 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15807 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15808 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15811 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15814 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15815 We can thus call a weak function without first
15816 checking whether the function is defined. */
15818 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15819 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15820 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15821 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15825 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15830 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15831 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15833 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15834 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15835 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15837 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15838 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15840 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15841 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15842 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15843 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15848 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15849 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15850 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15852 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15853 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15854 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15856 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15857 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15859 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15860 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15861 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15862 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15864 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15866 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15867 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15872 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15873 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15875 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15876 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15877 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15878 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15879 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15881 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15882 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15884 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15885 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15886 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15888 /* Replace with paddi. */
15889 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15890 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15891 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15892 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15893 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15899 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15900 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15902 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15903 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15905 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15906 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15907 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15908 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15911 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15912 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15913 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15915 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15917 /* zero means next insn. */
15920 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15923 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15924 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15926 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15928 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15930 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15931 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15933 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15935 addend
+= addend_off
;
15936 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15938 contents
+ offset
);
15939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15940 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15941 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15943 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15944 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15945 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15955 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
15959 /* xgettext:c-format */
15960 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
15961 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
15963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15969 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15970 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15971 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15972 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
15973 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
15974 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15975 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
15978 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
15979 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
15980 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
15981 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
15982 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15983 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15984 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15985 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15986 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15987 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
15990 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15991 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15992 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15993 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15994 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15995 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
15998 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15999 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16000 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16001 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16002 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
16003 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16006 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16007 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16008 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16009 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16010 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16011 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16014 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16015 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16016 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16017 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16018 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16019 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16020 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16023 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16028 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16029 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16031 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16032 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16033 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16038 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16039 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16040 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16041 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16042 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16043 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16044 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16045 because of a version file. */
16049 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16050 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16052 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16056 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16058 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16061 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16062 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16063 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16064 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16070 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16071 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16072 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16073 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16077 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16078 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16079 processed this entry. */
16081 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16085 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16086 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16094 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16095 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16098 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16100 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16101 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16102 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16105 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16107 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16109 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16110 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16111 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16112 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16114 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16115 + got
->output_offset
16117 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16118 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16120 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16121 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16122 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16124 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16125 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16126 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16127 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16129 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16130 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16132 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16135 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16136 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16137 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16138 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16139 else if (indx
!= 0)
16140 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16144 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16146 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16148 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16150 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16151 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16155 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16157 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16158 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16160 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16161 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16163 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16166 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16167 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16168 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16169 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16172 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16173 emitting a reloc. */
16176 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16179 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16183 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16186 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16187 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16188 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16191 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16193 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16194 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16198 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16199 got
->contents
+ off
);
16203 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16206 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16208 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16209 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
16210 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
16211 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
16212 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
16213 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16217 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16218 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16219 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16220 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16221 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16222 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16223 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16224 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16225 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16226 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16227 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16228 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16229 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16230 procedure linkage table. */
16231 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16233 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16235 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16236 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16238 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16239 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16240 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16244 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16246 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16247 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16248 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16253 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16254 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16256 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16259 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16260 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16261 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16263 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16265 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16266 + plt
->output_offset
16267 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16268 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16269 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16270 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16271 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16273 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16274 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16278 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16286 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16287 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16288 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16289 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16290 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16292 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16293 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16295 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16298 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16299 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16300 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16302 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16303 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16304 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16305 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16306 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16307 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16308 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16313 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16314 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16315 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16316 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16317 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16318 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16319 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16321 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16324 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16325 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16326 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16327 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16328 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16329 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16330 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16331 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16332 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16333 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16334 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16335 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16336 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16337 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16338 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16339 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16340 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16341 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16342 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16343 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16344 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16345 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16348 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16349 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16350 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16351 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16352 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16353 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16354 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16355 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16356 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16357 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16358 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16359 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16360 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16362 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16363 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16365 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16366 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16367 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16368 defined before using them. */
16369 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16371 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16372 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16374 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16377 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16378 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16379 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16380 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16381 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16384 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16385 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16386 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16387 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16388 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16389 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16390 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16391 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16392 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16393 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16394 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16395 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16396 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16397 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16398 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16401 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16402 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16407 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16412 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16413 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16414 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16417 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16418 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16419 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16420 /* Fall through. */
16422 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16424 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16425 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16426 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16427 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16428 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16429 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16430 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16431 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16432 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16433 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16434 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16435 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16436 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16437 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16438 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16439 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16440 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16441 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16442 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16443 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16444 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16445 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16446 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16447 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16448 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16449 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16450 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16451 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16453 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16454 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16455 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16458 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16461 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16464 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16466 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16467 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16468 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16470 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16471 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16473 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16478 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16479 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16485 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16486 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16487 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16489 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16490 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16491 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16492 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16493 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16494 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16496 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16497 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16498 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16499 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16500 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16501 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16502 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16503 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16504 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16505 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16508 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16509 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16511 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16513 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16514 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16515 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16519 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16520 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16521 at a local function. */
16522 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16523 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16525 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16527 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16528 when building shared libraries and we
16529 reference a function in another shared
16530 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16531 definition in an application that's
16532 overridden by a strong definition in a
16533 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16534 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16535 In these cases we won't use the opd
16536 entry in this lib. */
16537 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16540 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16542 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16543 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16544 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16547 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16549 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16550 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16551 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16552 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16559 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16560 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16562 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16563 /* xgettext:c-format */
16564 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16565 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16566 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16567 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16571 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16573 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16580 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16582 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16584 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16585 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16586 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16587 reduced to a relocation against their
16588 section symbol because it holds the
16589 address of the section, not a value
16590 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16591 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16592 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16593 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16594 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16595 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16600 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16603 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16604 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16605 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16607 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16608 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16610 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16613 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16614 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16615 the output section's address but not the
16616 offset of the input section in the output
16618 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16621 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16625 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16627 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16628 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16630 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16632 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16633 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16634 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16636 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16639 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16642 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16643 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16644 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16646 if (!warned_dynamic
16647 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16649 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16650 /* xgettext:c-format */
16651 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16652 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16654 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16656 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16659 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16660 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16661 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16662 that the section contents are a known value. */
16665 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16666 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16667 ignores section contents except for the special
16668 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16669 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16670 cause reloc overflow. */
16673 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16674 to improve backward compatibility with older
16676 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16677 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16678 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16679 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16680 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16686 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16687 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16688 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16689 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16690 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16692 /* Fall through. */
16694 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16695 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16696 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16697 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16698 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16699 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16700 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16701 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16702 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16704 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16705 /* xgettext:c-format */
16706 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16708 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16710 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16715 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16716 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16717 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16723 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16724 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16725 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16726 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16727 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16728 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16729 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16730 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16731 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16732 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16733 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16734 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16738 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16739 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16740 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16741 /* Fall through. */
16742 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16743 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16745 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16746 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16747 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16749 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16750 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16751 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16752 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16753 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16757 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16758 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16759 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16761 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16766 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16767 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16768 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16769 /* Fall through. */
16770 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16771 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16773 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16774 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16775 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16776 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16781 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16782 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16784 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16787 /* Fall through. */
16788 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16789 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16790 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16791 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16792 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16794 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16795 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16799 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16800 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16805 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16806 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16807 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16809 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16812 /* Fall through. */
16813 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16814 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16815 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16816 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16817 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16818 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16819 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16820 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16821 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16822 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16824 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16825 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16826 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16828 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16829 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16830 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16834 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16837 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16841 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16842 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16844 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16845 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16846 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16847 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16848 /* xgettext:c-format */
16849 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16850 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16851 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16852 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16855 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16861 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16862 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16863 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16865 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16866 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16867 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16869 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16874 /* Do any further special processing. */
16880 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16881 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16882 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16883 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16884 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16885 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16886 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16887 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16888 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16889 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16890 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16891 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16892 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16893 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16894 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16895 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16896 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16897 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16898 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16899 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16900 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16901 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16902 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16905 /* Fall through. */
16907 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16908 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16909 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16910 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16911 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16912 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16913 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16914 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16915 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16919 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16920 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16921 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16922 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16923 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16925 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16928 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16929 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16930 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16931 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16932 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16933 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16934 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16935 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16936 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16937 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16938 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16939 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16940 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16941 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16942 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16943 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16944 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16945 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16946 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16947 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16949 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16950 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16951 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16952 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16953 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16954 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16955 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
16956 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
16958 relocation
+= addend
;
16959 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
16960 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
16962 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
16963 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16964 /* xgettext:c-format */
16965 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
16966 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16967 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16976 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
16977 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
16978 not process them. */
16979 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
16980 if (unresolved_reloc
16981 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
16982 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
16983 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
16984 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
16986 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16987 /* xgettext:c-format */
16988 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
16989 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16991 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
16995 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
16996 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
16997 have different reloc types. */
16998 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
16999 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17000 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17002 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17004 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17005 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17006 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17007 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17008 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17009 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17010 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17011 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17012 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17013 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17014 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17015 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17017 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17018 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17019 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17025 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17027 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17028 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17029 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17030 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17031 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17032 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17033 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17034 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
17035 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
17036 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
17037 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
17038 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17039 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17041 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17042 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17043 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17046 relocation
+= addend
;
17047 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17048 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17049 + input_section
->output_offset
17050 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17051 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17053 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17055 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17057 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17058 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17059 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17060 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17061 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17063 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17064 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17065 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17066 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17070 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17071 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17072 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17075 relocation
+= addend
;
17076 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17077 + input_section
->output_offset
17078 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17079 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17080 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17082 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17083 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17085 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17086 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17091 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17092 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17093 relocation
, addend
);
17096 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17098 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17099 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17101 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17103 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17104 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17106 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17107 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17108 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17109 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17113 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17115 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17116 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17118 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17120 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17121 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17122 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17123 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17124 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17126 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17131 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17132 /* xgettext:c-format */
17133 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17134 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17135 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17147 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17148 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17150 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17151 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17152 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17154 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17156 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17157 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17160 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17161 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17162 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17165 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17166 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17167 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17168 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17169 opd_entry_value. */
17170 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17173 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17174 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17175 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17176 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17179 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17184 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17187 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17188 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17189 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17190 asection
*input_sec
,
17191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17193 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17200 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17201 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17204 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17205 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17206 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17208 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17212 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17216 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17217 dynamic sections here. */
17220 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17221 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17223 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17225 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17226 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17228 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17232 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17233 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17234 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17236 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17237 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17238 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17239 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17240 function pointer comparisons work between an
17241 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17243 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17244 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17246 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17248 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17249 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17250 function pointer. */
17257 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17258 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17259 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17260 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17262 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17263 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17267 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17270 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17271 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17273 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17274 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17276 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17277 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17278 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17279 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17285 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17286 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17288 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17289 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17290 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17291 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17293 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17294 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17296 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17297 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17299 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17302 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17303 return reloc_class_relative
;
17304 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17305 return reloc_class_plt
;
17307 return reloc_class_copy
;
17309 return reloc_class_normal
;
17313 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17316 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17317 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17319 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17323 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17327 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17328 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17330 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17332 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17334 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17337 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17338 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17339 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17341 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17344 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17351 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17353 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17354 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17355 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17356 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17357 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17358 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17362 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17365 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17369 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17370 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17371 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17372 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17373 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17376 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17377 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17380 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17384 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17385 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17389 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17390 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17394 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17398 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17399 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17400 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17401 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17402 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
17403 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17404 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17405 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17409 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17413 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17414 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17416 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17417 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17418 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17419 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17420 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17422 /* Set .got entry size. */
17423 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17427 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17428 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17430 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17431 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17432 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17435 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17436 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17437 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17438 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17439 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17441 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17442 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17446 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17447 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17448 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17450 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17451 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17456 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17457 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17458 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17459 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17460 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17461 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17464 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17465 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17467 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17471 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17474 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17477 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17478 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17479 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17482 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17485 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17486 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17487 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17495 #include "elf64-target.h"
17497 /* FreeBSD support */
17499 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17500 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17502 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17503 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17504 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17505 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17508 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17511 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17513 #include "elf64-target.h"